Aligning organizational strategy and implementing service provider strategy can be thoroughly achieved through ITIL® Intermediate Service Strategy (SS) Certification<\/a>. The service strategy course helps focus on the importance of strategic aspect that enables to develop organizational strategy. The ITIL® Intermediate SS Training Course<\/a> spread over 3 days attempts to cover management and controls activities that are related to the service delivery. The SS module aims to offer benefits to professionals who possess the proficiency of understanding a relationship between IT and general aspects of work and how best ITIL® v3 service strategy can help professionals more efficiently.<\/p>","pageId":"itil-intermediate-ss-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-service-management","courseName":"ITIL® Intermediate SS Certification Training","courseImage":"itil-training.PNG","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-service-management/itil-intermediate-ss-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
Aligning organizational strategy and implementing service provider strategy can be thoroughly achieved through ITIL® Intermediate Service Strategy (SS) Certification. The service strategy course helps focus on the importance of strategic aspect that enables to develop organizational strategy. The ITIL® Intermediate SS Training Course spread over 3 days attempts to cover management and controls activities that are related to the service delivery. The SS module aims to offer benefits to professionals who possess the proficiency of understanding a relationship between IT and general aspects of work and how best ITIL® v3 service strategy can help professionals more efficiently.
ITIL® Intermediate SS Certification Training
ITIL® Intermediate SS Certification Training
At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"
The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"
Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"
![\"\"](\"/images/ajit-joshi.jpg\")
<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7
Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"
The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"
Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"
Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"},{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>
Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
{"tabName":"What Will You Learn?","tabNumber":1,"content":"At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
What Will You Learn?1At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
{"tabName":"Course Objectives","tabNumber":2,"content":" <\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Objectives2
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
{"tabName":"Audience","tabNumber":3,"content":"The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
Audience3The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
{"tabName":"Prerequisites","tabNumber":4,"content":"Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Prerequisites4Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
{"tabName":"Course Topics","tabNumber":5,"content":"<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Course Topics5Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
{"tabName":"About the Examination","tabNumber":6,"content":"<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
About the Examination6- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
{"tabName":"Course Advisor","tabNumber":7,"content":"<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Course Advisor7Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
FAQ's8What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
5ae3199946290c041ca5389b{"courses":[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
[{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"it governance","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
it governance0The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
togaf-certification-training-course100002000business and process framework training and certificationit-governanceTOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
trueimages/4.5false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
quality and process training0A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
six-sigma-yellow-belt140002800business and process framework training and certificationquality-and-process-trainingSix Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
trueimages/3.8false{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":"To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
project management0To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
pmi-acp-certification-training100004000business and process framework training and certificationproject-managementPMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
trueimages/4.2false
<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"},{"tabName":"FAQ's","tabNumber":8,"content":"
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}]
At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:<\/p>
Learning Objectives -<\/h2>- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective<\/li>
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes<\/li>
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence<\/li>
- How to measure Service Strategy performance<\/li>
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy<\/li>
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy<\/li><\/ul>"}
At the end of this course, the learner will gain competencies in:
Learning Objectives -
- Understanding Service Management as a Practice and Service Strategy principles, purpose and objective
- Understanding how all Service Strategy processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- The activities, methods and functions used in each of the Service Strategy processes
- The roles and responsibilities within Service Strategy and the activities and functions to achieve operational excellence
- How to measure Service Strategy performance
- Understanding technology and implementation requirements in support of Service Strategy
- The challenges, critical success factors and risks related with Service Strategy
<\/p>
<\/h2>\t- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.<\/li>\t
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes<\/li>\t
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process<\/li>\t
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam<\/a><\/li>\t
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance<\/li>\t
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation<\/li><\/ul>"}
- Combining the ITIL® SS Training to understand Service Management as a Practice and Service Transition.
- Designing processes and helping the processes interact with other Service Lifecycle processes
- Defining the sub-processes, activities, methods and functions through service strategy that are used in each of the Service Operation process
- Preparing for the roles and responsibilities through ITIL® SS Certification Exam
- Study ITIL® service operation to understand measuring of Service Strategy performance
- Acquiring knowledge through ITIL® SS Certification hereby understanding technology and its implementation requirements in support of Service Operation
The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.<\/li>
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization<\/li>
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy<\/li>
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules<\/li>
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite<\/li>
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle<\/li><\/ul>"}
The Service Strategy Lifecycle course will be of interest to:
- Individuals who have their ITIL® Foundation Certificate (or the ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge certificate) who want to purse the intermediate and advanced level ITIL® certifications.
- Individuals who require a deeper understanding of the Service Strategy stage of the Service Lifecycle and how activities in this Lifecycle stage may be implemented to enhance the quality of IT service management within an organization
- IT professionals working in roles associated with strategic planning, execution and control within a service-based business model, seeking an understanding of the concepts, processes, functions and activities involved in Service Strategy
- Individuals seeking the ITIL® Expert certification in IT Service Management for which this qualification is one of the prerequisite modules
- Individuals seeking progress towards the ITIL® Master in IT Service Management for which the ITIL® Expert is a prerequisite
- A typical role includes (but is not restricted to): CIOs, CTOs, managers, supervisory staff, team leaders, designers, architects, planners, IT consultants, IT audit managers, IT security managers, service test managers and ITSM trainers involved in the management, coordination and integration of strategy activities within the Service Lifecycle
Candidates for this course must:<\/p>
<\/h2>- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable<\/li>
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:<\/li>
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended<\/li>
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:<\/li>
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management<\/li>
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.<\/li><\/ul>"}
Candidates for this course must:
- Hold an ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- There is no minimum mandatory requirement but 2 to 4 years professional experience working in IT Service Management is highly desirable
- It is also strongly recommended that candidates:
- Can demonstrate familiarity with IT terminology and understand the context of Service Offerings and Agreements management of their own business environment is strongly recommended
- Have exposure working in the service management capacity within a service provider environment, with responsibility emphasizing on at least one of the following management processes:
- Service Portfolio Management, Demand Management, Business Relationship Management and Financial Management
- It is recommended that candidates are familiar with the guidance detailed in the ITIL® Service Lifecycle Practices core publications prior to attending training for this certification.
<\/p>
Service Strategy Principles<\/h2>- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Capabilities and resources<\/li>
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types<\/li>
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks<\/li>
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization<\/li><\/ul>
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Defining Services and Market Spaces<\/h2>- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.<\/li>
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.<\/li>
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns<\/li><\/ul>
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Conducting Strategic Assessments<\/h2>- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving<\/li>
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)<\/li>
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer\u2019s business<\/li>
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance<\/li><\/ul>
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Financial Management<\/h2>- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis<\/li>
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments<\/li><\/ul>
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Service Portfolio Management<\/h2>- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.<\/li><\/ul>
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Managing Demand<\/h2>- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space<\/li>
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline<\/li>
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages<\/li>
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager<\/li><\/ul>
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle<\/h2>- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle<\/li>
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs<\/li>
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle<\/li>
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.<\/li>
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service<\/li><\/ul>
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Critical Success Factors and Risks<\/h2>- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:<\/li>
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors<\/li>
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management<\/li>
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).<\/li>
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk<\/li><\/ul>"}
Service Strategy Principles
- The logic of value-creation within the context of the ITIL® Service Lifecycle
- Capabilities and resources
- Service provider types, and be able to choose between the types
- Dynamics of a service model based on the concept of value networks
- Strategic perspectives, plans, positions and patterns as applied to service management and IT in their own organization
Defining Services and Market Spaces
- Formal definitions of services suitable for planning and execution across the Service Lifecycle
- Business outcomes of customers and relating them to customer assets and service assets.
- Services into customer outcomes, service assets, utility and warranty elements.
- Market spaces, opportunities for new or changed services, and services as configurations and patterns
Conducting Strategic Assessments
- Strategic assets of an organization their performance and potential for serving
- particular customers or market spaces (internal or external)
- Critical Success Factors and degree of alignment of existing services, capabilities, and strategies with customer?s business
- Business potential within existing customers and in adjacent market spaces through analysis of patterns within Service Catalogue, business strategy of customers, and environmental factors such as business trends, technological innovation, and regulatory compliance
Financial Management
- Service valuation, financial modeling, service provisioning and analysis, and business impact analysis
- Funding the Service Portfolio and phases of the Service Lifecycle and defining expectations or return on investments
Service Portfolio Management
- Service Portfolio Management, methods, and processes related to service management and services.
Managing Demand
- Challenges, opportunities and risks in fulfilling demand for a particular customer or market space
- High-level strategies for demand management that can be supported by capabilities across the Service Lifecycle
- Demand with respect to customer outcomes, patterns of business activity, and user profiles. Sources of demand and capacity within the Service Catalogue and Service Pipeline
- Core Service Packages and Service Level Packages
- The roles of Product Manager and Business Relationship Manager
Driving Strategy Through The Service Lifecycle
- How Service Strategy is driven through and informed by other elements of the Service Lifecycle
- Policies and constraints for Service Design that will encode strategic objectives and customer needs
- Requirements for Service Transition to act on behalf of Service Strategy in reducing costs and risks as service progress through the Lifecycle
- Tactical plans for the Service catalogue to be effectively hosted by Service Operation phase, with adjustments by customers and contracts.
- Opportunities for improvement across the Service Portfolio and Service
Critical Success Factors and Risks
- Critical Success Factors and risks that determine the viability of strategic positions and plans. Specifically, after completion of this unit candidates will be able to:
- The role of organization development and sourcing as Critical Success Factors
- Automation and tools to meet strategic objectives through the framework of service management
- Benefits and risks from factors such as complexity, coordination, intangible assets, and total cost of utilization (TCU).
- Types of risks across the Lifecycle and high-level approaches for mitigating risk
<\/p>
<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li>
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination<\/li>
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions<\/li>
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)<\/li>
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.<\/li>
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%<\/li><\/ul>"}
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
- It is recommended that students should complete at least 12 hours of personal study by reviewing the syllabus and the associated areas of the ITIL® Service Management Practice core guidance, in particular Service Strategy, Service Design and Service Transition publications in preparation for the examination
- The exam is a closed book exam with eight (8) multiple choice, scenario-based, gradient scored questions
- Exam duration is a maximum 90 minutes for all candidates (candidates sitting the examination in a language other than their first language have a maximum of 120 minutes and are allowed to use a dictionary)
- Each question will have 4 possible answer options, one of which worth 5 marks is, one which worth 3 marks is, one which worth 1 mark is, and one which a distracter is and achieves no marks.
- Pass score is 28/40 or 70%
<\/div><\/div>Ajit Joshi<\/strong><\/h3>Associate Vice President and Head \u2013 Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM) <\/p>
\t- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training<\/li>\t
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.<\/li>\t
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.<\/li><\/ul><\/div><\/div><\/div>"}
Ajit Joshi
Associate Vice President and Head ? Governance and Enterprise Transformation in IT Service Management (GeTSM)
- More than 8 years of experience in IT operations, Service Management, Training
- Trained more than 1000 professionals on technology and upselling, and Best Management Practices, like ITIL®, COBIT, Six Sigma, Prince 2.
- ITIL® Release, Control and Validation Certified.
- ITIL® Service Offering and Agreement Certified.
- ITIL® Planning, Protection and Optimization Certified.
<\/p>
What is ITIL® SS Certification?<\/h2>- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.<\/li><\/ul>
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?<\/h2>- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate<\/li><\/ul>
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
What is the duration of training?<\/h2>- Training duration is 2-3 days.<\/li><\/ul>
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?<\/h2>- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course. <\/li><\/ul>
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
When are the classes conducted?<\/h2>- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.<\/li><\/ul>
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
What all is included in the course?<\/h2>- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation<\/li><\/ul>
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
Who conduct the training sessions?<\/h2>- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience. <\/li><\/ul>
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
Why one should join Vinsys?<\/h2>- We are Accredited Training Organization <\/li>
- Experiential Education<\/li>
- Experienced Industry Experts<\/li>
- Accredited course material<\/li>
- Quality Courseware<\/li>
- Post training support<\/li><\/ul>"}
What is ITIL® SS Certification?
- This course provides comprehensive training for anyone involved in provision, support, and delivery of IT Services.
What is the Eligibility Criteria / Pre-requisites for the ITIL® SS Exam?
- Evidence of ITIL® Foundation Certificate or ITIL® v2 Foundation + v3 Foundation Bridge Certificate
What is the duration of training?
- Training duration is 2-3 days.
Do you provide certificates on successfully completing the course?
- Yes, at the end of the class, we will execute PeopleCert exams. After passing the exam you will receive soft copy of certificate on your email which states that you have successfully completed the course.
When are the classes conducted?
- All open house sessions are conducted on weekends only. For in-house sessions, it can be as per the customer requested schedule.
What all is included in the course?
- Along with facilitating training sessions, we provide required course material and practice questions for exam preparation
Who conduct the training sessions?
- Training sessions are facilitated by certified experts having practical working experience as well as training experience.
Why one should join Vinsys?
- We are Accredited Training Organization
- Experiential Education
- Experienced Industry Experts
- Accredited course material
- Quality Courseware
- Post training support
The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}],"totalCount":null}
The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"quality and process training","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null},{"courseDuratoin":null,"subCategory":"project management","courseRating":0,"basePageUrl":null,"courseSummary":" To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}]
The TOGAF<\/strong> standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF<\/a> approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.<\/p>","pageId":"togaf-certification-training-course","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":2000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"it-governance","courseName":"TOGAF® Certification Training Course","courseImage":"togaf.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.5,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/it-governance/togaf-certification-training-course","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
The TOGAF standard, a standard of The Open Group, was created 25 years ago and is now considered to be the de facto standard to support Enterprise Architecture as a practice. It supports business innovation and efficiency by providing an Enterprise Architecture methodology and framework that is used by the world's leading enterprises.It is the most prominent and reliable Enterprise Architecture standard, ensuring consistent standards, methods, and communication among Enterprise Architecture professionals. Those professionals who are fluent in the TOGAF approach enjoy greater industry credibility, job effectiveness, and career opportunities. This approach helps practitioners avoid being locked into proprietary methods, utilize resources more efficiently and effectively, and realize a greater return on investment.
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
TOGAF® Certification Training Course
A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training<\/a> program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification<\/a> with a span of 7-10 working days.<\/p>","pageId":"six-sigma-yellow-belt","countOfLearner":14000,"ratingCount":2800,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"quality-and-process-training","courseName":"Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training","courseImage":"six-sigma-yellow-belt-certification.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":3.8,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/quality-and-process-training/six-sigma-yellow-belt","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
A two-day Six Sigma Yellow Belt Training program involving methods of problem solving through expert coaching. The training will comprise of practical approachability to the problem, class lectures, team exercises and understanding case studies. The completion of the course will provide you with increased productivity, improved quality, increased communication among peers, optimization of resources, reduced cost and customer satisfaction. A Six Sigma exam is held after completing the course. If the candidate clears the exam, you receive a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification with a span of 7-10 working days.
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
Six Sigma Yellow Belt Certification Training
To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner<\/a>. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification<\/a>.<\/p>","pageId":"pmi-acp-certification-training","countOfLearner":10000,"ratingCount":4000,"categoryName":"business and process framework training and certification","productVideoLink":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/pgYP6ykVmvY","mode":null,"catID":"project-management","courseName":"PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)","courseImage":"pmi.png","common":true,"courseImagePath":"images/","countryCode":null,"averageRating":4.2,"cityWisePage":false,"courseStartsOn":"","pageURL":"/project-management/pmi-acp-certification-training","id":null,"batchType":null,"isFavourite":null}
To order to instigate a better sense of project management ethics and product development an Agile Foundation Certification will go a long way to implement these policies. It has been noted that project managers who undergo the course can become Agile Certified Practitioner. Now these practitioners have authority to implement agile methodologies for efficient deliverables in their organizations. To avail such a course, one should have at least dedicated 21 hours to the course in order to appear for the PMI-ACP® Certification.
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)
PMI-ACP® Certification Training (Agile Certified Practitioner)